求真百科歡迎當事人提供第一手真實資料,洗刷冤屈,終結網路霸凌。

「模块:Citation/CS1」修訂間的差異檢視原始碼檢視歷史

事實揭露 揭密真相
前往: 導覽搜尋
(撤销[[Special:Contributions/m>Jimmy Xu|m>Jimmy Xu]]([[User talk:m>Jimmy Xu|讨论]])的版本222494)
(1 個標籤撤銷)
行 1: 行 1:
  
local cs1 ={};
+
local z = {
 +
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
 +
error_ids = {};
 +
message_tail = {};
 +
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
 +
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
 +
}
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
]]
 
]]
 +
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
date_name_xlate
+
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
 
  
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
 
+
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
 
 
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
 
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
 
 
 
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
 
and used here
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
function is_set( var )
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
+
end
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
 
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
 
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
行 56: 行 46:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Whether needle is in haystack
 +
 
 +
]]
  
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
+
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
 +
if needle == nil then
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
 +
if v == needle then
 +
return n;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return false;
 +
end
  
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
+
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 
  
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
+
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
+
local function substitute( msg, args )
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
+
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
+
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
 
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
 
 
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
local function add_vanc_error (source)
+
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
if not added_vanc_errs then
 
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
 +
the responsibility of the calling function.
  
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
]]
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
+
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
+
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
+
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
+
prefix = prefix or "";
 +
suffix = suffix or "";
 +
 +
if error_state == nil then
 +
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
 +
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
 +
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
 +
end
 +
 +
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
 +
 +
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
 +
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
 +
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
 +
 +
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
 +
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
 +
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
 +
return '', false;
 +
end
 +
 +
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
 +
 +
if raw == true then
 +
return message, error_state.hidden;
 +
end
 +
 +
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if it does, else false
+
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 +
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_scheme (scheme)
+
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
+
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
 +
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
 +
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 +
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
+
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
  
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
+
]]
  
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
+
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
+
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
+
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
+
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 +
end
 +
end
  
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
  
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
+
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
 +
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
+
]]
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
 
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
  
There are several tests:
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
+
local function add_vanc_error ()
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
if not added_vanc_errs then
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
+
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
+
end
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
+
end
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
  
]=]
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
local function is_domain_name (domain)
+
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
if not domain then
+
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
return false; -- if not set, abandon
+
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
end
+
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
+
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
 
end
 
-- Do most common case first
 
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 
return true;
 
else
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
returns true if it does, else false
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
]]
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
+
local function is_scheme (scheme)
 
+
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
 
wikilinks.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
  
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
 +
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
 +
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 +
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 +
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 +
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
  
Strip off any port and path;
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
 +
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
 +
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
]]
+
There are several tests:
 
+
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
local function split_url (url_str)
+
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
local scheme, authority, domain;
+
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
+
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
+
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
 +
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 +
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 +
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 +
 
 +
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 +
 
 +
]=]
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
+
local function is_domain_name (domain)
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
+
if not domain then
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
+
return false; -- if not set, abandon
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
 
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return scheme, domain;
+
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
end
+
 
+
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
+
return false;
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
end
 
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
+
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 +
return true;
 +
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 +
return true;
 +
else
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
end
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
  
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
+
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
 +
wikilinks.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_param_ok (value)
+
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local scheme, domain;
+
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
+
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return false;
+
else
 +
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
 
end
 
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
 
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
+
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 +
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a valueThis function emits an error message when
+
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domainIf there is an authority indicator (one
that condition exists
+
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
+
local function split_url (url_str)
local orig;
+
local scheme, authority, domain;
 +
 +
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
+
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
+
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
+
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
 +
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
end
 +
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
end
 
end
 
+
if is_set (orig) then
+
return scheme, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 +
 
 +
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 +
# < > [ ] | { } _
 +
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 +
 
 +
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 +
 
 +
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
 +
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function link_param_ok (value)
 +
local scheme, domain;
 +
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
 +
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
行 293: 行 334:
 
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
 
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
 
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
行 306: 行 343:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
 
end
 
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
行 331: 行 363:
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
 +
 +
value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
+
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
+
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
 
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
+
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
+
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
 
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
 
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
行 370: 行 404:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
  
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
+
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
 +
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
 +
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_for_url( str )
+
local function safe_for_italics( str )
 +
if not is_set(str) then
 +
return str;
 +
else
 +
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
 +
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
 +
 +
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
 +
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
行 387: 行 443:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
 +
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
 +
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
 +
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function wrap_style (key, str)
 +
if not is_set( str ) then
 +
return "";
 +
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
 +
str = safe_for_italics( str );
 +
end
 +
 +
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
 +
end
  
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
行 394: 行 467:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
+
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
 
local error_str = "";
 
local error_str = "";
local domain;
 
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
 
 
if not is_set( label ) then
 
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
行 411: 行 480:
 
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
end
+
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
+
end
if path then -- if there is a path portion
+
 
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
+
 
end
+
Formats a wiki style external link
+
 
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
+
]]
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines
 
  
base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
+
local function external_link_id(options)
{
+
local url_string = options.id;
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
+
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
URL, -- the url
+
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
' ', -- the required space
 
label,
 
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
 
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
 
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
 
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
 
});
 
else
 
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
 
 
end
 
end
+
return mw.ustring.format( '[%s%s%s \<span title\=\"%s\"\>%s%s%s\<\/span\>]',
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
+
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
行 445: 行 506:
 
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
 
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
 
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 +
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
 
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
 
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
+
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
+
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
 
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
  
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
  
]=]
+
]]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local cap='';
 
local cap='';
 
local cap2='';
 
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
 
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\" “”\'‘’].+[\" “”\' ‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
+
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\' ‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
+
end
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
 
end
 
 
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
 
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
  
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
+
if is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
if is_set (cap) then
 
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
str = label;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
return str;
 
return str;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
行 549: 行 579:
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
 
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
+
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
 
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
else
 
else
行 562: 行 592:
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(script_value) then
 +
script_value = '-{R|' .. script_value .. '}-';
 
end
 
end
 
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
行 567: 行 600:
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
行 576: 行 608:
  
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
 +
if is_set(title) then
 +
title = '-{zh;zh-hans;zh-hant|' .. title .. '}-';
 +
end
 
if is_set (script) then
 
if is_set (script) then
 
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
 
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
行 608: 行 643:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
 +
provided by the template.
 +
 
 +
Input:
 +
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
 +
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 +
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
 +
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
 +
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
 +
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
 +
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
+
Returns:
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
+
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
 +
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
local chapter_error = '';
+
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
+
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
if not is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
 
else
 
else
if false == no_quotes then
+
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
 
+
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
if is_set (transchapter) then
+
local skip;
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
+
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if is_set (chapter) then
+
if v == alias then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
+
skip = true;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
+
break; -- has been added so stop looking
chapter = transchapter; --  
+
end
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
+
end
 +
if not skip then -- has not been added so
 +
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
 +
end
 +
else
 +
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
 +
selected = alias;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
 +
end
  
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 
end
 
  
return chapter .. chapter_error;
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
end
 
  
 +
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider.  The list of parameters to consider is just
 +
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
 +
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.
  
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 
first match.
 
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
+
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
+
]]
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
  
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
+
local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
 +
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
 +
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
 +
local error_list = {};
  
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
 
parameter value.
 
  
]]
+
for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
 +
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
 +
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
 +
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
 +
end
 +
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
 +
else
 +
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
 +
end
 +
end
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
local error_str = "";
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
+
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
+
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
local i=1;
+
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
+
end
+
if #error_list > 1 then
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
+
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
+
else
return;
+
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
 
 
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
 
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
 
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
+
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
if position then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
if capture then
 
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
 
else
 
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
 
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
end
 
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return value, selected;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
+
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper( args )
+
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local origin = {};
+
local chapter_error = '';
 
 
return setmetatable({
+
if not is_set (chapter) then
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
else
return origin[k];
+
if false == no_quotes then
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
end
 
end
},
+
end
{
+
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
+
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if origin[k] ~= nil then
+
 
return nil;
+
if is_set (transchapter) then
end
+
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
+
if is_set (chapter) then
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
+
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
+
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
if type( list ) == 'table' then
+
chapter = transchapter; --  
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
if origin[k] == nil then
+
end
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
end
end
+
 
elseif list ~= nil then
+
if is_set (chapterurl) then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
+
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
else
+
end
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
+
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
+
return chapter .. chapter_error;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 
end
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 
return v;
 
end,
 
});
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 +
first match.
  
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
+
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
  
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
+
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
true - active, supported parameters
+
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
false - deprecated, supported parameters
+
 
nil - unsupported parameters
+
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
 
]]
 
  
local function validate( name, cite_class )
+
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
local name = tostring( name );
+
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
local state;
+
parameter value.
 
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
+
]]
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
 
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
 
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
if false == state then
+
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
return true;
+
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
end
+
local i=1;
-- limited enumerated parameters list
+
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
 
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
+
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
+
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 +
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
+
if position then
+
-- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
if false == state then
+
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
return true;
+
position = nil; -- unset
end
+
elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
+
apostrophe = true;
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
+
elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
+
position = nil; -- unset
 +
else
 +
local err_msg;
 +
if capture then
 +
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. cfg.invisible_chars[i][3] or char;
 +
else
 +
err_msg = cfg.invisible_chars[i][3] or (char .. ' character');
 +
end
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if false == state then
+
return; -- and done with this parameter
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
end
return true;
+
end
 +
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
end
 
end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
+
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function nowrap_date (date)
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local cap='';
+
local origin = {};
local cap2='';
 
 
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
+
return setmetatable({
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
+
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
end
+
return origin[k];
 
return date;
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if "none" == title_type then
 
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 
 
end
 
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
},
end
+
{
 
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
end
+
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 +
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 +
 +
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 +
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 +
if origin[k] == nil then
 +
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 +
end
 +
elseif list ~= nil then
 +
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 +
else
 +
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 +
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 +
if v == nil then
 +
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 +
origin[k] = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 +
return v;
 +
end,
 +
});
 +
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
+
true - active, supported parameters
Converts a hyphen to a dash
+
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
+
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function validate( name )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
+
local name = tostring( name );
return str;
+
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
end
+
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
+
-- Normal arguments
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Arguments with numbers in them
 +
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
 +
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 +
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
 +
local function internal_link_id(options)
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s%s%s|\<span title\=\"%s\"\>%s\<\/span\>%s%s]]',
 +
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
 +
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
+
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
--[[
+
local cap='';
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
+
local cap2='';
 +
 
 +
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 +
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
+
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
+
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
]]
+
end
 
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
+
return date;
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
end
local end_chr = '';
+
 
local trim;
+
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
+
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
+
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
+
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
+
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
+
 
elseif value ~= '' then
+
]]
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
else
+
local temp = 0;
comp = value;
+
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
end
+
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
+
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
+
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
+
else
trim = false;
+
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
end
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
end
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
+
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
+
end
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
+
 
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
+
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
+
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
+
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
+
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
trim = true; -- same question
+
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
end
 
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
  
if trim then
+
]]
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
+
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
+
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
+
local temp=0;
+
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
+
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
else
+
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
+
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
 
end
 
end
 
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
return str;
+
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
+
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
+
]]
  
]]
+
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
 +
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
 +
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
 +
local len = isbn_str:len();
 +
 +
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
 +
return false;
 +
end
  
local function is_suffix (suffix)
+
if len == 10 then
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return true;
+
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
 +
else
 +
local temp = 0;
 +
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
 +
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
 
end
 
end
return false;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
 +
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
 +
section 2, pages 9–12.
 +
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
local function ismn (id)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
 +
local text;
 +
local valid_ismn = true;
  
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
valid_ismn = false;
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
+
else
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
+
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
+
end
 +
 
 +
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
 +
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
 +
 
 +
if false == valid_ismn then
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text;
 +
end
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
  
This original test:
+
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
+
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
  
\195\128-\195\150 – À- Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
+
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
\195\152-\195\182 Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
+
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
+
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
+
with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
 +
error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
+
local function issn(id, e)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
+
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
 
+
local handler;
if is_set (suffix) then
+
local text;
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
+
local valid_issn = true;
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
+
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
+
if e then
end
+
handler = cfg.id_handlers['EISSN'];
 +
else
 +
handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
 
end
 
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
 
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
 +
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
  
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
+
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 +
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 +
else
 +
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
 +
end
  
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
+
if true == valid_issn then
 
+
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
else
 +
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 +
end
 +
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if false == valid_issn then
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
 +
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
 +
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
 +
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
+
local function amazon(id, domain)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
+
local err_cat = ""
  
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
+
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
+
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
 +
else
 +
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
 +
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
 +
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
 +
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
 +
end
 +
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
if not is_set(domain) then
 +
domain = "com";
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
 +
domain = "co." .. domain;
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
 +
domain = "com." .. domain;
 +
end
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
 +
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
 +
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
  
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
+
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
 
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
 
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
else
 
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 
end
 
end
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
  
 +
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
  
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
+
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
+
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
 +
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
 +
<number> is a three-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 +
 +
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
<number> is a four-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
  
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
+
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
 +
<number> is a five-digit number
 +
]]
  
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
+
local function arxiv (id, class)
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
local year, month, version;
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
+
local err_cat = '';
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
+
local text;
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
+
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
+
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
 +
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 
end
 
end
if 3 > i then
+
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
+
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 
end
 
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
+
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
 
end
 
end
+
 
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
 
 +
if is_set (class) then
 +
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
 +
else
 +
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
 +
return text .. class;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
 +
1. Remove all blanks.
 +
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
 +
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
 +
a. Remove it.
 +
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
 +
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
 +
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
 +
]]
  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
+
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
 +
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
  
]]
+
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
 +
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
 +
end
  
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
+
local prefix
local sep;
+
local suffix
local namesep;
+
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
local format = control.format
 
local maximum = control.maximum
 
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 
local text = {}
 
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
+
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
+
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
+
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
 +
end
 +
 +
return lccn;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
 +
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
 +
 
 +
length = 8 then all digits
 +
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
 +
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function lccn(lccn)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
 +
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 +
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
 +
 
 +
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
 +
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
 +
 
 +
if 8 == len then
 +
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
 +
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
 +
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
 +
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
 +
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
 +
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 
else
 
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
+
end
 +
 
 +
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[
 +
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
 +
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function pmid(id)
 +
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
 +
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
 
 
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 +
else -- PMID is only digits
 +
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 +
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
 
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if is_set(person.last) then
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local mask = person.mask
+
end
local one
+
 
local sep_one = sep;
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
+
 
etal = true;
+
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is
break;
+
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
local n = tonumber(mask)
+
 
if (n ~= nil) then
+
]]
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
+
 
else
+
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
one = mask;
+
if is_set (embargo) then
sep_one = " ";
+
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
end
+
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
 +
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
 +
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
 +
 +
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
 +
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
 +
return embargo; -- still embargoed
 
else
 
else
one = person.last
+
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
local first = person.first
+
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
if is_set(first) then
 
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
table.insert( text, one )
 
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
  
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
if count > 0 then
+
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
+
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 
end
 
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
 
return result, count
 
end
 
  
 +
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
 +
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
 +
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
 +
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
+
]]
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that orderyear is Year or anchor_year.
+
local function pmc(id, embargo)
 +
local test_limit = 6000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
 +
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
 +
 +
local text;
  
]]
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
else -- PMC is only digits
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
names[i] = v.last
+
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 
end
 
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
+
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
+
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
 
else
 
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
 +
return text;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
+
DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
+
Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
 +
Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
+
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
 +
 
 +
DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
 +
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
 +
if ever used in doi names.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
+
local function doi(id, inactive)
 
+
local cat = ""
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
+
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
+
local text;
+
if is_set(inactive) then
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
+
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
+
if is_set(inactive_year) then
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "自" .. inactive_year .. "年含有不活躍DOI的頁面" );
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
+
else
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "含有不活躍DOI的頁面" );                 -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
 
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
 
end
 
end
return name, etal; --
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q,
end
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. (inactive or '')
  
 +
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
 +
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
+
return text .. cat
 +
end
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
 
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
 
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
  
]]
+
--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
Formats an HDL with minor error checking.
local _, pattern;
 
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
 
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
 
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
 
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
 
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
 
 
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
 
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
 
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
 
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
 
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
 
}
 
  
if is_set (name) then
+
HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
+
Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
if name:match (pattern) then
+
Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
break;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
return name; -- and done
 
end
 
  
 +
This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix.  If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
 +
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
 +
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
 +
if ever used in HDLs.
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
+
]]
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
 
(author or editor) maintenance category.
 
  
]]
+
local function hdl(id)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['HDL'];
 +
 +
local text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- hdl must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
local count, _;
+
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_hdl' );
if is_set (name) then
 
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
 
 
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
 
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
+
return text;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
 
parameters.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 +
local function openlibrary(id)
 +
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
if ( code == "A" ) then
if is_set (last) then
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
+
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
end
+
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
end
+
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
if is_set (first) then
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
+
else
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
end
+
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
end
+
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
return last, first; -- done
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
 +
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
  
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
+
local function message_id (id)
Gets name list from the input arguments
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
+
 +
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
+
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local names = {}; -- table of names
+
if is_set(title_type) then
local last; -- individual name components
+
if "none" == title_type then
local first;
+
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
local link;
+
end
local mask;
+
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
+
end
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
+
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
+
end
  
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
+
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
while true do
 
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 
end
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
 
  
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
+
]]
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
+
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
+
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
end
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
+
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
 +
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
 +
]]
 +
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
 +
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
 +
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
 +
return argument;
 +
end
  
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
+
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
+
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markupWe presume that editors who have taken the time to
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
+
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
return the original language name string.
 
 
 
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
 
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
 
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
 
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.orgThese names can be found (for the time being) at
 
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
 
 
 
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
 
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
 
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
 
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local remap = {
+
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap
 
['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code
 
['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replace 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found
 
['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri wWikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
 
}
 
 
if remap[lang:lower()] then
 
return remap[lang:lower()][1], remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
 
end
 
  
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
+
while true do
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
+
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
+
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
+
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
+
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
end
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
+
else
 +
break;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
+
return argument; -- done
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
+
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
 
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
 
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
 
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
 
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
 
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
 
 
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
 
separated from each other by commas.
 
  
 +
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
 +
of %27%27...
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function language_parameter (lang)
+
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
if is_set (title) then
local name; -- the language name
+
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
+
else
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
+
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
 
 
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
 
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
 
 
local remap = {
 
['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri wWikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
 
['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla
 
}
 
 
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
 
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
 
 
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
 
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
 
end
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
 
 
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
 
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
 
name = remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
 
 
 
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
end
 
 
table.insert (language_list, name);
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
 
end
 
end
+
if is_set (script) then
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
+
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
if 2 >= code then
+
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
+
else
elseif 2 < code then
+
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
 
end
 
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
+
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
+
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
 
end
 
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
+
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
 
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
+
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
+
local pattern;
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
+
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
 +
 +
while true do
 +
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
 +
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
 +
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
 +
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
 
end
 
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
+
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
 +
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
 +
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
 +
return pages;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
 +
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
 +
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
 +
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
 +
end));
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
 
+
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
+
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
 
+
return str;
]]
+
end
 
+
return str:gsub( '-', ' –' );
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
 
end
 
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
end
 
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
 
rendered style.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local sep;
+
--[[
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
+
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
else -- not a citation template so CS1
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
end
 
 
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
 
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
 
local sep;
 
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
 
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
return sep, ps, ref
+
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
end
+
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
 
+
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 
+
]]
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 
+
local str = ''; -- the output string
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
+
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
applying the pdf icon to external links.
+
local end_chr = '';
 
+
local trim;
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
+
if value == nil then value = ''; end
]=]
+
 
+
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
local function is_pdf (url)
+
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
+
elseif value ~= '' then
end
+
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
+
else
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
+
comp = value;
 
+
end
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
+
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
+
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
+
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
the appropriate styling.
+
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 +
trim = false;
 +
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 +
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 +
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 +
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
 +
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 +
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 +
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 +
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 +
trim = true; -- same question
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 +
end
 +
end
  
]]
+
if trim then
 
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
+
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if is_set (format) then
+
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
if not is_set (url) then
+
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
else
 +
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
 
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 
else
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
 
end
 
end
return format;
+
return str;
end
+
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
+
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
+
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
  
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
+
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
 
+
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
inputs:
 
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
 
count: #a or #e
 
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if is_set (max) then
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-- ÖØ- öø- ƿDŽ- ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-- ÖØ- öø- ƿDŽ- ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
+
add_vanc_error ();
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
+
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
+
end;
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
+
return true;
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
end
 
end
 
 
return max, etal;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
  
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.  
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
  
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
+
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
+
 
 +
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
+
local initials = {}
 
+
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
+
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
+
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
 +
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 +
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
 
end
 
end
 +
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
  
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
]]
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
 
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
  
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
 +
local sep;
 +
local namesep;
 +
local format = control.format
 +
local maximum = control.maximum
 +
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 +
local text = {}
  
]=]
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
 
+
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
+
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
+
else
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
+
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
 +
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 +
end
 
 
local i = 1;
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 +
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 
 
while name_table[i] do
+
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
+
if is_set(person.last) then
local name = name_table[i];
+
local mask = person.mask
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
+
local one
while name_table[i] do
+
local sep_one = sep;
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
+
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
+
etal = true;
break; -- and done reassembling so
+
break;
 +
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 +
local n = tonumber(mask)
 +
if (n ~= nil) then
 +
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 +
else
 +
one = mask;
 +
sep_one = " ";
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
 
else
 
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
+
one = person.last
 +
local first = person.first
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 +
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first
 +
end
 +
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 +
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
table.insert( text, one )
 +
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
end
 
end
i = i+1;
+
end
end
 
return output_table;
 
end
 
  
 +
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
 +
if count > 0 then
 +
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 +
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 +
end
 +
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 +
end
 +
 +
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 +
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 +
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 +
end
 +
 +
return result, count
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
 
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
  
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
  
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
+
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
 
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
+
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
+
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local v_name_table = {};
+
names[i] = v.last  
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
+
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
+
end
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
+
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local corporate = false;
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 
+
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
+
else
 
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
 
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
 
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
 
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
 
end
 
else
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
 
if is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 
if is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
 
end
 
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
  
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
+
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
  
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
+
]]
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
 
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
  
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
  
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
+
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
 +
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 +
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
 +
 +
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
 +
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 +
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 +
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 +
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return name, etal; --
 +
end
  
]]
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 +
Gets name list from the input arguments
  
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
local lastfirst = false;
+
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
 
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
 
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
 
lastfirst=true;
 
end
 
  
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
 
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
err_name = 'author';
 
else
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
  
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/ConfigurationThis keeps 'et al.' out of the  
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
 
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
 
in the source template) the function returns trueIf the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
 
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
+
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if not is_set (value) then
+
local names = {}; -- table of names
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
local last; -- individual name components
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
+
local first;
return true;
+
local link;
else
+
local mask;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
+
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
return false
+
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
+
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
end
+
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
 +
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 +
while true do
 +
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
  
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
+
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
  
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
+
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
+
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
single space character.
+
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 +
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 +
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 +
end
 +
else -- we have last with or without a first
 +
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
 +
end
 +
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 +
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 +
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 +
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 +
end
 +
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
 +
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parametersIf found, adds the parameter and value to
 +
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
+
local function extract_ids( args )
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
return name_list; -- just return the name list
+
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
+
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
else
 
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return id_list;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
+
Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
  
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
+
inputs:
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
+
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
 +
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers
  
 
]]
 
]]
 +
 +
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
 +
local new_list, handler = {};
 +
 +
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
 
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
+
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
+
-- fallback to read-only cfg
return '';
+
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
 +
 +
if handler.mode == 'external' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
 +
elseif k == 'DOI' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'HDL' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, hdl( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMC' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'EISSN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v, true ) } ); -- true distinguishes eissn from issn
 +
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
 +
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
 +
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
 +
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
 +
end
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
 +
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
+
return a[1] < b[1];
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
elseif is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
local vol = '';
+
table.sort( new_list, comp );
+
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
if is_set (volume) then
+
new_list[k] = v[2];
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
 
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
 
else
 
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if is_set (issue) then
+
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
+
return new_list;
end
 
return vol;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.
 +
 +
2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki ().  It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
 +
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29
 +
 +
TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
 +
characters table?
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function coins_cleanup (value)
 +
value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
 +
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
 +
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
 +
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
 +
value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
 +
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
 +
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
 +
value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
 +
value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
 +
return value;
 +
end
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------
The return order is:
 
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
  
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
+
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
local function COinS(data, class)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
if is_set (sheet) then
+
return '';
if 'journal' == origin then
+
end
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
 
 +
for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
 +
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
 +
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
 +
 +
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
 +
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
 +
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
 +
if is_set(value) then
 +
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
});
 +
 +
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
 +
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
 +
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
 +
elseif 'conference' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
 +
elseif 'web' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
 +
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
 +
if is_set (data.Map) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
 
else
 
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
+
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
+
-- these used onlu for periodicals
if 'journal' == origin then
+
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
+
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata
 +
 
 +
elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
 +
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
 +
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
 +
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
 +
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
 
else
 
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
+
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
 
end
 
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
 +
 +
else -- cite thesis
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
 +
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
 
 
if is_set (page) then
+
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if is_journal then
+
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
elseif not nopp then
+
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
+
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
 +
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
 +
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
+
end
if is_journal then
+
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
+
--[[
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
+
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
elseif not nopp then
+
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 
else
 
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
]]
 +
local last, first;
 +
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
 +
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
 +
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
 +
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
 +
elseif is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
 +
end
 +
else -- for all other authors
 +
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
 +
elseif is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
 +
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 +
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
 
 
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
+
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
 +
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
 +
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 +
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
+
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 codeHandles the special case that is Norwegian where
save snapshot url or to calendar pagesWhen the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
  
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result[[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
+
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
 +
with the codeWhen there is no match, we return the original language name string.
  
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
+
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
|archive-date= and an error message when:
+
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
+
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
+
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
+
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
  
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
+
]]
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
  
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
archive url:
+
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
+
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
+
end
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
+
 
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(), 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
]=]
+
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
+
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
 
 
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
end
+
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
 
+
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
 
err_msg = 'save command';
 
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
 
err_msg = 'liveweb';
 
else
 
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
 
 
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
+
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
err_msg = 'path';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- if here, something not right so
+
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
+
end
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
 
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
else
 
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
+
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided. If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
parameter that is missing its pipe:
 
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
 
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
 
 
]]
 
  
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
+
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
local capture;
+
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
+
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
  
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
+
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
+
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
 +
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
  
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
local function language_parameter (lang)
--[[
+
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
Load Input Parameters
+
local name; -- the language name
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
+
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
]]
+
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
local i
 
  
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
+
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
  
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
+
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
 
Mode = '';
 
end
 
  
local author_etal;
+
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') or 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
+
if lang:match ('^zh-') then
local Authors;
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), lang:lower() );
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
+
else
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
 
+
end
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
end
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
if 1 == selected then
+
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
elseif 2 == selected then
+
else
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
end
elseif 3 == selected then
+
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
+
if is_set (code) then
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
+
if 'no' == code then name = ' 挪威语' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
+
if 'zh' ~= code and not code:match ('^zh-') then -- English not the language
 +
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
end
 
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
+
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
+
table.insert (language_list, name);
end
+
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 +
if 2 >= code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, '及') -- insert '<space>及<space>' between two language names
 +
elseif 2 < code then
 +
language_list[code] = '及' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with '及<space>'
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ',') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
end
 +
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 +
end
  
local Others = A['Others'];
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
local editor_etal;
+
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
+
 
local Editors;
+
]]
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
if 1 == selected then
+
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
 
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 +
end
  
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
+
 
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
  
local interviewers_list = {};
+
]]
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
 
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
 
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
else
 
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
 
end
 
  
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
+
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
+
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
+
end
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
if 0 < #c then
 
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
else -- if not a book cite
 
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 +
end
  
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
+
 
end
+
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
 +
rendered style.
  
local Year = A['Year'];
+
]]
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 
local Title = A['Title'];
 
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
  
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
+
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
+
local sep;
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
+
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
+
else -- not a citation template so CS1
local Degree = A['Degree'];
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
local Docket = A['Docket'];
+
end
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
  
local ArchiveDate;
+
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
local ArchiveURL;
+
end
  
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
 
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local URL = A['URL']
+
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
]]
 
local Volume;
 
local Issue;
 
local Page;
 
local Pages;
 
local At;
 
  
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
+
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
Volume = A['Volume'];
+
local sep;
 +
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
 +
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 +
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
 +
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 +
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 +
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
+
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
+
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
Issue = A['Issue'];
 
end
 
local Position = '';
 
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
 
At = A['At'];
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return sep, ps, ref
 +
end
  
local Edition = A['Edition'];
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
+
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
applying the pdf icon to external links.
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
end
 
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
+
]=]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
 
end
 
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
 
end
 
  
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
+
local function is_pdf (url)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
+
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
+
end
end
 
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
local Via = A['Via'];
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
  
local Language = A['Language'];
+
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
local Format = A['Format'];
+
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
+
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
+
the appropriate styling.
local ID = A['ID'];
+
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
+
]]
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
+
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
+
if is_set (format) then
 +
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
 +
if not is_set (url) then
 +
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 
end
 
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
+
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
+
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 +
else
 +
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
return format;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
  
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
+
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
 
  
local Quote = A['Quote'];
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
 +
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
 +
some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
+
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
+
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
  
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
+
]]
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
if is_set (max) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
+
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 +
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 +
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
 +
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 +
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 +
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 +
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
 +
end
 +
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
max = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
 +
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
 +
end
 +
 +
return max, etal;
 +
end
  
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
  
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
+
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
+
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
+
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
local PostScript;
+
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
local Ref;
+
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
  
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
]]
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
end
 
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
 +
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
 +
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
 +
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
  
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
+
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
NoPP = true;
 
else
 
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
 
 
end
 
end
 +
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
 +
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
 +
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
 +
-- end
 +
end
  
if is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
At = '';
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
 
At = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
end
 
  
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
+
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
end
+
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
+
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
+
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
--[[
+
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
 
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
 
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
 
]]
 
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
+
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
  
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
+
]]
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
 
if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
  
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
+
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
end
+
local v_name_table = {};
Title = Periodical;
+
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
local last, first, link, mask;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
+
local corporate = false;
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- Special case for cite techreport.
+
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
add_vanc_error ();
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
  
-- special case for cite mailing list
+
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
+
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
+
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
+
corporate = true;
 +
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 +
    lastfirstTable = {}
 +
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
 +
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 +
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
 +
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
 +
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
 +
end
 +
else
 +
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 +
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 +
add_vanc_error ();
 +
end
 +
-- this from extract_names ()
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 +
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
 
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
Chapter = Title;
+
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
+
 
ChapterURL = URL;
+
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
 
URLorigin = '';
+
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Title = BookTitle;
+
 
Format = '';
+
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
-- TitleLink = '';
+
 
TransTitle = '';
+
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
URL = '';
+
 
end
+
]]
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
+
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
+
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 +
local lastfirst = false;
 +
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
 +
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
 +
lastfirst=true;
 
end
 
end
  
-- cite map oddities
+
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local Cartography = "";
+
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
local Scale = "";
+
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
+
local err_name;
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
+
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
err_name = 'author';
Chapter = A['Map'];
+
else
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
+
err_name = 'editor';
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
end
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
+
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
 
if is_set( Cartography ) then
 
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
 
if is_set( Scale ) then
 
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
+
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
 +
end
 +
 
  
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
local Station = A['Station'];
+
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
local s, n = {}, {};
+
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
-- do common parameters first
+
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
+
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
+
]]
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
+
 
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
+
if not is_set (value) then
Date = AirDate;
+
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
end
+
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
 +
return true;
 +
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 +
return false
 +
end
 +
end
  
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
  
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
  
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
+
single space character.
end
 
URL = ''; -- unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
 
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
end
 
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
]]
do
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
 
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
  
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
+
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
+
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
end
+
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
+
else
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
 
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
end
 
end
 
  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
if not is_set (Date) then
+
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
 
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
 
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
end
 
end
 
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
]]
 
 
--[[
 
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
]]
+
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
return '';
local error_message = '';
+
end
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
+
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
+
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
+
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
 
+
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
+
elseif is_set (volume) then
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
+
else
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
+
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
 
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
 
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
 
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 
end
 
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local vol = '';
 
 
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
+
if is_set (volume) then
local modified = false; -- flag
+
if (6 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
+
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
 
 
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
 
modified = true;
 
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 
end
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 
-- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
 
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then
 
-- modified = true;
 
-- end
 
 
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
 
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
 
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
 
end
 
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
end
 +
if is_set (issue) then
 +
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 +
end
 +
return vol;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
 +
The return order is:
 +
page, pages, sheet, sheets
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
+
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
 
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
 
  
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
+
]]
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
+
 
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
+
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
+
if is_set (sheet) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
if 'journal' == origin then
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
+
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 +
else
 +
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (sheets) then
 +
if 'journal' == origin then
 +
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 +
else
 +
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
-- Test if citation has no title
+
 
if not is_set(Title) and
+
if is_set (page) then
not is_set(TransTitle) and
+
if is_journal then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
+
elseif not nopp then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
+
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
+
end
 +
elseif is_set(pages) then
 +
if is_journal then
 +
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 +
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not nopp then
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
+
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
end
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
 
end
 
  
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
['title']=Title,
+
 
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
 
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
 
});
 
  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
]]
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
 
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 
coins_title = Periodical;
 
end
 
end
 
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
end
 
  
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
local function citation0( config, args)
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
+
--[[
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
+
Load Input Parameters
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
]]
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
local i
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
 
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
+
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
+
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
+
local author_etal;
['Series'] = Series,
+
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
['Volume'] = Volume,
+
local Authors;
['Issue'] = Issue,
+
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
+
if 1 == selected then
 +
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 +
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
local Others = A['Others'];
if is_set (PublisherName) then
+
 
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
+
local editor_etal;
 +
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 +
local Editors;
 +
 
 +
do -- to limit scope of selected
 +
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
 +
if 1 == selected then
 +
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 +
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 
+
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
 
+
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
do
+
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
local last_first_list;
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
local control = {
+
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
+
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
+
if 0 < #c then
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
+
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
mode = Mode
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
};
 
 
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
 
 
if is_set (Editors) then
 
if editor_etal then
 
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
else
 
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
else
 
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
else -- if not a book cite
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
+
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
end
do -- now do translators
+
Contribution = nil; -- unset
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
+
end
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
 
end
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
do -- now do contributors
+
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
+
end
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
end
 
do -- now do authors
 
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
  
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
+
local Year = A['Year'];
 
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
if is_set (Authors) then
+
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
local Date = A['Date'];
if author_etal then
+
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
end
+
local Title = A['Title'];
else
+
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
end
+
local Conference = A['Conference'];
end -- end of do
+
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
+
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
+
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
+
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
 
end
 
end
  
end
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
 +
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 +
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 +
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 +
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
 +
local URL = A['URL']
 +
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
 +
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 +
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 +
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 +
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 +
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 +
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 +
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
  
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
local Series = A['Series'];
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
local Volume;
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
local Issue;
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
local Page;
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
local Pages;
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
local At;
  
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
Volume = A['Volume'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
end
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
 +
Issue = A['Issue'];
 
end
 
end
 
+
local Position = '';
if not is_set(URL) then
+
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
Page = A['Page'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
 +
At = A['At'];
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 +
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 +
local Place = A['Place'];
 +
 +
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 
end
 
end
+
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
local Via = A['Via'];
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
+
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
+
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
+
end
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
end
 
elseif is_set (URL) then
 
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
 
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
local Language = A['Language'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
local Format = A['Format'];
local chap_param;
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
+
local ID = A['ID'];
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
+
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
+
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
+
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
+
end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
+
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
+
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
  
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
TransChapter = '';
 
ChapterURL = '';
 
ScriptChapter = '';
 
ChapterFormat = '';
 
end
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
end
 
end
 
  
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
local Quote = A['Quote'];
if is_set (Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
 
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
end
 
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
 
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- Format main title.
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
+
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
Title = mw.ustring.gsub (Title, '(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
+
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.') then -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism
+
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
+
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
end
+
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
+
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
 
end
 
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
 
 
local TransError = "";
 
if is_set(TransTitle) then
 
if is_set(Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
 
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if is_set(Title) then
+
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 
 
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
 
end
 
end
else
 
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
  
if is_set(Place) then
+
--these are used by cite interview
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
+
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
 +
local City = A['City'];
 +
local Program = A['Program'];
 +
 
 +
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 +
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 +
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 +
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 +
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 +
 
 +
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
 +
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
 +
Mode = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 +
local PostScript;
 +
local Ref;
 +
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
  
if is_set (Conference) then
+
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
+
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
end
 +
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 +
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 
end
 
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
 
end
 
end
  
if not is_set(Position) then
+
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local Time = A['Time'];
 
  
if is_set(Minutes) then
+
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (Time) then
+
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
NoPP = true;
end
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
else
 
if is_set(Time) then
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
 
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 
end
 
end
 
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 
end
 
end
 
 
else
 
else
Position = " " .. Position;
+
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
At = '';
 
 
end
 
end
  
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
if is_set(Page) then
 +
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 +
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 +
if is_set(At) then
 +
At = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
end
  
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
+
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
local Section = A['Section'];
+
end
local Sections = A['Sections'];
+
local Inset = A['Inset'];
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
if is_set( Inset ) then
+
--[[
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
end
+
When the citation has these parameters:
 +
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
 
 +
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 +
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
  
if is_set( Sections ) then
+
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 
end
 
  
if is_set (Language) then
+
]]
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 
else
 
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 
]]
 
end
 
  
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
+
 
if is_set (Translators) then
+
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
+
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
end
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if is_set (Interviewers) then
+
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
end
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
+
ChapterURL = URL;
if is_set (Edition) then
+
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
+
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
+
end
 +
Title = Periodical;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
TitleLink = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- |title not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 
end
 
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
Edition = '';
 
 
end
 
end
  
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
+
-- Special case for cite techreport.
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 +
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 +
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 +
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 +
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
+
-- special case for cite interview
 +
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
 +
if is_set(Program) then
 +
ID = ' ' .. Program;
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Callsign) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(City) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. City;
 +
end
 +
end
  
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
+
if is_set(Others) then
 +
if is_set(TitleType) then
 +
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
 +
TitleType = '';
 +
else
 +
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Others = '(Interview)';
 +
end
 +
end
  
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
+
-- special case for cite mailing list
if is_set(Via) then
+
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
+
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 +
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
 +
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
+
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
+
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
Chapter = Title;
]]
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
+
ChapterURL = URL;
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
+
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
+
URLorigin = '';
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
else
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
+
Title = BookTitle;
 +
Format = '';
 +
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
-- cite map oddities
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
+
local Cartography = "";
 
+
local Scale = "";
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
+
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
+
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
+
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
end
+
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
+
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
end
+
if is_set( Cartography ) then
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
+
end
 +
Scale = A['Scale'];
 +
if is_set( Scale ) then
 +
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 +
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 +
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 +
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
 +
end
 +
local Network = A['Network'];
 +
local Station = A['Station'];
 +
local s, n = {}, {};
 +
-- do common parameters first
 +
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 +
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 +
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 +
 +
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
 +
Date = AirDate;
 +
end
  
if is_set(URL) then
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
+
local Season = A['Season'];
end
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
  
if is_set(Quote) then
+
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
+
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
+
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
end
+
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 +
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
local Archived
+
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
+
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
end
+
ChapterURL = URL;
if "no" == DeadURL then
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
+
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
+
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
+
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
+
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 +
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 +
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
 +
end
 +
URL = ''; -- unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
 +
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
+
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
+
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
+
 
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
else
+
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
+
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
+
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
+
Series = ''; -- unset
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
+
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
 
else
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
+
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
+
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
else
+
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
Archived = ""
+
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
end
+
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local Lay = '';
+
 
if is_set(LayURL) then
+
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
if is_set(LaySource) then
+
Chapter = '';
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
+
URL = '';
else
+
Format = '';
LaySource = "";
+
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 
end
 
end
if sepc == '.' then
+
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
end
 
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Transcript) then
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
+
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 +
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 +
TitleType = Degree .. "论文";
 
end
 
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
 
end
 
end
  
local Publisher;
+
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
+
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
 
end
 
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
+
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
+
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
+
if not is_set (Date) then
else
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
end
+
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
else
 
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
+
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
+
--[[
]]
+
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
+
we get the date used in the metadata.
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
+
 
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
+
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
+
]]
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
 +
local error_message = '';
 +
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 +
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
 +
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
 +
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 +
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 +
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 +
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 +
end
 +
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 +
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 +
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
+
if is_set(error_message) then
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
+
end
 +
end -- end of do
  
local tcommon;
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
+
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
+
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
  
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
+
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
+
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
+
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
  
else -- all other CS1 templates
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
+
-- Test if citation has no title
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
+
if not is_set(Title) and
end
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
+
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if #ID_list > 0 then
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
+
else
ID_list = ID;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
+
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
local text;
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
+
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
 +
['title']=Title,
 +
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
 +
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
 +
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
 +
});
  
if is_set(Date) then
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
else -- neither of authors and editors set
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
+
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
+
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
else
+
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
+
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
end
+
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
if is_set(Authors) then
+
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
+
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 +
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
 +
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
 +
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
 +
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['Map'] = Map,
 +
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
 +
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 +
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 +
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 +
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 +
['Series'] = Series,
 +
['Volume'] = Volume,
 +
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 +
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 +
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
 +
 
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
 +
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
 +
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
 
end
 
end
if is_set(Editors) then
+
end
local in_text = " ";
+
 
local post_text = "";
+
 
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
+
 
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if (sepc ~= '.') then
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
end
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
else
+
do
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
local last_first_list;
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
local maximum;
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
};
 +
 
 +
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
 +
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
--[[ Preserve old-style implicit et al.
 +
临时修复"Category:含有旧式缩略标签的引用的页面 in editors" 的问题,中文版目前与英文版逻辑不一样,暂时不需要这个分类。等以后更新时再看怎么处理 --2017.6.23 shizhao
 +
 +
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then  
 +
maximum = 3;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
 +
end
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
control.maximum = maximum;
 +
 +
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Editors) then
 +
if editor_etal then
 +
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
else
 
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
end
end
+
else
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
 
end
 
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
+
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
+
do -- now do translators
if is_set(Date) then
+
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
end
else
+
do -- now do contributors
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
 +
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
 +
end
 +
do -- now do authors
 +
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
 +
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
 +
control.maximum = #a + 1;
 
end
 
end
else
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
 
 +
if is_set (Authors) then
 +
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
if author_etal then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 +
end
 
else
 
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
end -- end of do
 +
 +
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
end
else
+
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
+
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
else
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
 +
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 +
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
 +
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 +
 
 +
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
 +
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 +
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
  
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
local options = {};
+
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
if is_set (URL) then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
+
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
else
+
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
options.class = "citation";
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
end
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
+
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
 
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 
namelist = c; -- select it
 
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 
namelist = a;
 
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 
namelist = e;
 
 
end
 
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
+
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
+
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
else
+
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
id = ''; -- unset
+
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
 +
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 +
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 +
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
options.id = id;
 
end
 
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
 
end
 
end
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
  
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
else
+
local chap_param;
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
end
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 +
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 +
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
 +
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 +
end
  
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
+
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 +
TransChapter = '';
 +
ChapterURL = '';
 +
ScriptChapter = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 +
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 +
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 +
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 +
end
 +
end
  
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
+
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
table.insert (render, ' ');
+
if is_set (Chapter) then
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
if is_set(v[1]) then
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
if i == #z.message_tail then
+
end
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
else
+
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
+
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Format main title.
 +
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
 +
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 +
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 +
else
 +
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
TransError = "";
 +
if is_set(TransTitle) then
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 +
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
 +
URL = "";
 +
Format = "";
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransError;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Place) then
 +
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set (Conference) then
 +
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
 +
end
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not is_set(Position) then
 +
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 +
local Time = A['Time'];
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Minutes) then
 +
if is_set (Time) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 +
else
 +
if is_set(Time) then
 +
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 +
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 +
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 +
if sepc ~= '.' then
 +
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
end
+
else
 
+
Position = " " .. Position;
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
+
At = '';
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
+
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
 
table.insert (render, v);
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
table.insert (render, ' (');
+
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
+
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
table.insert (render, ') ');
+
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
end
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
table.insert (render, '</span>');
+
local Section = A['Section'];
end
+
local Sections = A['Sections'];
+
local Inset = A['Inset'];
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
+
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
+
if is_set( Inset ) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
+
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
end
end
+
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
if is_set( Sections ) then
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
end
+
elseif is_set( Section ) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
end
end
+
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
+
end
 
+
 
return table.concat (render);
+
if is_set (Language) then
end
+
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 +
else
 +
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 +
 +
if is_set (Translators) then
 +
Others = sepc .. ' 由' .. Translators .. '翻译 ' .. Others;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 +
if is_set (Edition) then
 +
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
 +
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
 +
end
 +
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 +
else
 +
Edition = '';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 +
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 +
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 +
 
 +
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 +
 
 +
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 +
if is_set(Via) then
 +
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
 +
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
 +
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
 +
else
 +
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) then
 +
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 +
 
 +
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 +
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
 +
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 +
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
 +
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 +
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 +
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 +
end
 +
 
 +
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 +
 
 +
if is_set(URL) then
 +
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Quote) then
 +
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 +
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
 +
end
 +
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 +
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 +
end
 +
 +
local Archived
 +
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 +
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
 +
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
 +
end
 +
if "no" == DeadURL then
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
 +
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 +
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
 +
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
end
 +
else
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 +
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 +
else
 +
Archived = ""
 +
end
 +
 +
local Lay = '';
 +
if is_set(LayURL) then
 +
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
 +
if is_set(LaySource) then
 +
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 +
else
 +
LaySource = "";
 +
end
 +
if sepc == '.' then
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
else
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 +
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Transcript) then
 +
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
 +
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Publisher;
 +
if is_set(Periodical) and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
 +
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 +
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublisherName; 
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = "";
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Publisher) then
 +
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 +
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName; 
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = '';
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 +
if is_set(Periodical) then
 +
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
 +
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 +
else
 +
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 +
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 +
]]
 +
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 +
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 +
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 +
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 +
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 +
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 +
 
 +
local tcommon;
 +
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 +
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 +
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
 +
Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
 +
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 +
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 +
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 +
else -- all other CS1 templates
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
 +
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
if #ID_list > 0 then
 +
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
ID_list = ID;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- LOCAL
 +
local xDate = Date
 +
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 +
if ( is_set(Periodical) and Date ~= '' and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web"}) )
 +
or ( in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","news"}) ) then
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and ( Volume ~= '' or Issue ~= '' ) then
 +
xDate = xDate .. ',' .. Volume
 +
end
 +
xDate = xDate .. pgtext
 +
pgtext = ''
 +
end
 +
if PublicationDate and PublicationDate ~= '' then
 +
xDate = xDate .. ' (' .. PublicationDate .. ')'
 +
end
 +
if OrigYear ~= '' then
 +
xDate = xDate .. OrigYear
 +
end
 +
if AccessDate ~= '' then
 +
xDate = xDate .. ' ' .. AccessDate
 +
end
 +
if xDate ~= '' then
 +
xDate = sepc .. ' ' .. xDate
 +
end
 +
-- END LOCAL
 +
 +
local idcommon = safe_join( { URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Language, Quote }, sepc );
 +
local text;
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Authors) then
 +
if is_set(Coauthors) then
 +
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
 +
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
 +
else
 +
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
if is_set(Editors) then
 +
local in_text = " ";
 +
local post_text = "";
 +
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 +
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 +
else
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 +
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 +
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 +
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 +
 
 +
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
 +
local options = {};
 +
 +
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
 +
options.class = config.CitationClass;
 +
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
 +
else
 +
options.class = "citation";
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 +
local id = Ref
 +
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 +
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 +
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 +
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 +
 
 +
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 +
namelist = c; -- select it
 +
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 +
namelist = a;
 +
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 +
namelist = e;
 +
end
 +
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 +
end
 +
options.id = id;
 +
end
 +
 +
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
 +
z.error_categories = {};
 +
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 +
z.message_tail = {};
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set(options.id) then
 +
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
 +
else
 +
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
 +
 +
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
 +
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
 +
text = text .. OCinS;
 +
 +
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
 +
text = text .. " ";
 +
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 +
if is_set(v[1]) then
 +
if i == #z.message_tail then
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
 +
else
 +
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
 +
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
 +
end
 +
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
 +
end
 +
 +
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
 +
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
 +
 
 +
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
 +
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
 +
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 +
 
 +
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
 +
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
--[[
 +
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
 +
local position = '';
 +
local i=1;
 +
 
 +
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
 +
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 +
v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
 +
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 +
if position then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
return; -- and done with this parameter
 +
end
 +
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 +
end
 +
end
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
function z.citation(frame)
 +
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 +
local validation;
 +
 +
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
  
 
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
 
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
 
]]
 
 
function cs1.citation(frame)
 
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
 
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 
 
 
else -- otherwise
 
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
+
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
 
end
 
end
  
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
+
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
 
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
 
 
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
 
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
 
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
 
 
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
in_array = utilities.in_array;
 
substitute = utilities.substitute;
 
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
 
set_error = utilities.set_error;
 
select_one = utilities.select_one;
 
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
 
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
 
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
 
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
 
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
 
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
 
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
 
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
 
 
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
 
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
  
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
+
local args = {};
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
+
local suggestions = {};
 
local error_text, error_state;
 
local error_text, error_state;
  
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
+
local config = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
 
config[k] = v;
 
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
+
args[k] = v;  
 
end
 
end
  
行 3,510: 行 4,104:
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
+
if not validate( k ) then
 
error_text = "";
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
行 3,517: 行 4,111:
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
+
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
 
else
 
else
行 3,539: 行 4,133:
 
else
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
行 3,547: 行 4,140:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
 
 
args[k] = v;
 
args[k] = v;
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
行 3,563: 行 4,154:
 
end
 
end
  
return cs1;
+
return z

於 2019年1月2日 (三) 13:18 的修訂

此模塊的文檔可以在模塊:Citation/CS1/doc創建


local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local cfg = {};					-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};			-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation

]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.

]]

local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.

]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.

]]

local added_maint_cats = {}														-- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_maint_cats [key] then
		added_maint_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local added_prop_cats = {}														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

]]

local added_vanc_errs;															-- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then										-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end
	
	if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then								-- one character .org hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then								-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then								-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then	-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then							-- one character/digit .cash hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then							-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then					-- two character hostname and tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then			-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then		-- IPv4 address
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1');								-- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then							-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
	elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then										-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)');									-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then												-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link

]]

local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[%s%s%s \<span title\=\"%s\"\>%s%s%s\<\/span\>]',
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

]]

local page_in_deprecated_cat;													-- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
		page_in_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	if is_set(script_value) then
		script_value = '-{R|' .. script_value .. '}-';
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set(title) then
		title = '-{zh;zh-hans;zh-hant|' .. title .. '}-';
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );										-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------

This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.

Input:
	args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
	alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
	index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
	enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
	value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
	selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
	error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected

Returns:
	value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
	selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected

]]

local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
	if enumerated then															-- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
		alias = alias:gsub ('#', index);										-- replace '#' with the value in index
	else
		alias = alias:gsub ('#', '');											-- remove '#' if it exists
	end

	if is_set(args[alias]) then													-- alias is in the template's argument list
		if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then								-- if we have already selected one of the aliases
			local skip;
			for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do									-- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
				if v == alias then
					skip = true;
					break;														-- has been added so stop looking 
				end
			end
			if not skip then													-- has not been added so
				table.insert( error_list, alias );								-- add error alias to the error list
			end
		else
			value = args[alias];												-- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
			selected = alias;
		end
	end
	return value, selected;														-- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider.  The list of parameters to consider is just
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.

Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.


Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;															-- the value assigned to the selected parameter
	local selected = '';														-- the name of the parameter we have chosen
	local error_list = {};

	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end

	for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do									-- for each alias in the aliases list
		if alias:match ('#') then												-- if this alias can be enumerated
			if '1' == index then												-- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
				value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list);	-- first test for non-enumerated alias
			end
			value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list);		-- test for enumerated alias
		else
			value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list);		--test for non-enumerated alias
		end
	end

	if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then						-- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position then
--			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then 	-- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then 					-- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
				stripmarker = true;												-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			elseif 'apostrophe' == char then									-- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
				apostrophe = true;
			elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. cfg.invisible_chars[i][3] or char;
				else
					err_msg = cfg.invisible_chars[i][3] or (char .. ' character');
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s%s%s|\<span title\=\"%s\"\>%s\<\/span\>%s%s]]',
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
	local temp=0;
	
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) };										-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
		temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );				-- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
	end
	return temp % 10 == 0;														-- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end		-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
		return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

]]

local function ismn (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
	local text;
	local valid_ismn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );													-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn

	if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then					-- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
		valid_ismn = false;
	else
		valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id);										-- validate ismn
	end

--	text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,		-- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
--		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id;		-- because no place to link to yet

	if false == valid_ismn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' )							-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id, e)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler;
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;
	
	if e then
		handler = cfg.id_handlers['EISSN'];
	else
		handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	end

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
		label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
		id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;

	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]

local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]

local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
	if is_set (embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 then													-- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
			if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then			-- is embargo date is in the future?
				return embargo;													-- still embargoed
			else
				add_maint_cat ('embargo')
				return '';														-- unset because embargo has expired
			end
		end
	end
	return '';																	-- |embargo= not set return empty string
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 6000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_set (embargo) then													-- is PMC is still embargoed?
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	-- still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			-- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
	Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
	Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in doi names.

]]

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';					-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "自" .. inactive_year .. "年含有不活躍DOI的頁面" );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "含有不活躍DOI的頁面" );		                -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	end
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. (inactive or '')

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then						-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end

	return text .. cat 
end


--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats an HDL with minor error checking.

HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
	Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
	Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant

This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix.  If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.

HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in HDLs.

]]

local function hdl(id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['HDL'];
	
	local text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})

	if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then							-- hdl must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_hdl' );
	end
	return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------

Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.

]]
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");										-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------

Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources

]]

local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		add_vanc_error ();
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name)					-- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"				-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then				-- do this test here in case link is missing last
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )});			-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters.  If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list.  Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args

]]

local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};															-- list of identifiers found in args
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do										-- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );			-- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end									-- if found in args, add identifier to our list
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

inputs:
	id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
	options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers

]]

local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do												-- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'HDL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, hdl( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISMN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'EISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v, true ) } );		-- true distinguishes eissn from issn
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------

Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.

2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki ().  It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29

TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?
]]

local function coins_cleanup (value)
	value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value);										-- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
	value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s");	-- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
	value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'");				-- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
	value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'");					-- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
	value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' ');											-- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
	value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' ');									-- replace hair space with plain space
	value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', '');											-- remove &zwj; entities
	value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '')						-- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
	value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' ');							-- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end

	for k, v in pairs (data) do													-- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
		if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then								-- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
			data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
		end
	end

	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or 
		('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
			OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";			-- journal metadata identifier
			if 'arxiv' == class then											-- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
				OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint";							-- cite arxiv
			elseif 'conference' == class then
				OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";						-- cite conference (when Periodical set)
			elseif 'web' == class then
				OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";							-- cite web (when Periodical set)
			else
				OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";							-- journal and other 'periodical' articles
			end
			OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;						-- journal only
			if is_set (data.Map) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map;							-- for a map in a periodical
			else
				OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;							-- all other 'periodical' article titles
			end
																				-- these used onlu for periodicals
			OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season;								-- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
			OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron;								-- free-form date components
			OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;							-- does not apply to books
			OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
			OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;								-- also used in book metadata

	elseif 'thesis' ~= class then												-- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";					-- book metadata identifier
		if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then						-- cite report and cite techreport
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
		elseif 'conference' == class then										-- cite conference when Periodical not set
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
		elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
			if is_set (data.Chapter) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
				OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;						-- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
			else
				if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
					OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown';						-- standalone map or interview
				else
					OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book';							-- book and encyclopedia
				end
			end
		else	--{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;									-- book only
		OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;						-- book only
		OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;								-- book only
		OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;									-- book, journal
		OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;								-- book only
		OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;							-- book and dissertation
		
	else																		-- cite thesis
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation";			-- dissertation metadata identifier
		OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title;									-- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
		OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree;								-- dissertation only
		OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName;							-- book and dissertation
	end
																				-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;										-- book, journal, dissertation
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do										-- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
		if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
		local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then							-- for ids that are in the info:registry
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then						-- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
		elseif id then															-- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v };	-- others; provide a url
		end
	end

--[[	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do										-- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
]]
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or '');	-- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
		if k == 1 then															-- for the first author name only
			if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then								-- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;								-- book, journal, dissertation
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;								-- book, journal, dissertation
			elseif is_set(last) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;									-- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
			end
		else																	-- for all other authors
			if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };		-- book, journal, dissertation
			elseif is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;									-- book, journal, dissertation
			end
		end
	end

	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(), 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') or 2 == lang:len() then													-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
			if lang:match ('^zh-') then
				name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), lang:lower() );
			else
				name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() );			-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
			end
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);								-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then
			if 'no' == code then name = '挪威语' end;							-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
			if 'zh' ~= code and not code:match ('^zh-') then												-- English not the language
				add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, '及')							-- insert '<space>及<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = '及' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with '及<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ',')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then	-- AUTHORS ONLY		-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset
		end
	elseif 'authors' == list_name then		-- AUTHORS ONLY	need to clear implicit et al category
		max = count + 1;														-- number of authors + 1
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
--	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
--	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
--		if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
--			Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
--				add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
--		end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]')	then						-- no wikilinking vauthors names
		add_vanc_error ();
	end
	v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*")								-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
			corporate = true;
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
		    lastfirstTable = {}
		    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
		    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
		    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
		    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
				add_vanc_error ();												-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then		-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
			add_vanc_error ();
		end
																				-- this from extract_names ()
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end
	
	local vol = '';
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if (6 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
		else
			vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);

	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then										-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
	end

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
		if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))});		-- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
		end

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
		Issue = A['Issue'];
	end
	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );		-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then													-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];													-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
			if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
			end
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		elseif is_set (Series) then												-- series is an alias of version
			ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series;						-- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
			Series = '';														-- unset
			deprecated_parameter ('version');									-- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
		end
		
		if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. "论文";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
	TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);					-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then	-- special case for journal cites
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
		[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Map'] = Map,
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
			maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			--[[ Preserve old-style implicit et al.
			临时修复"Category:含有旧式缩略标签的引用的页面 in editors"的问题,中文版目前与英文版逻辑不一样,暂时不需要这个分类。等以后更新时再看怎么处理 --2017.6.23 shizhao
			
			if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then 
				maximum = 3;
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
			end
			]]

			control.maximum = maximum;
			
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;												-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator');			-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum = #c;												-- number of contributors
			Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor');		-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			if is_set(Coauthors) then											-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
				control.lastauthoramp = nil;
				control.maximum = #a + 1;
			end
			
			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do

		if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then						-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
		end
	end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if  not is_set(URL) then --and
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat;						-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = sepc .. ' 由' .. Translators .. '翻译 ' .. Others; 
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = '';
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	-- LOCAL
	local xDate = Date
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	if ( is_set(Periodical) and Date ~= '' and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web"}) )
		or ( in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","news"}) ) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and ( Volume ~= '' or Issue ~= '' ) then
			xDate = xDate .. ',' .. Volume
		end
		xDate = xDate .. pgtext
		pgtext = ''
	end
	if PublicationDate and PublicationDate ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. ' (' .. PublicationDate .. ')'
	end
	if OrigYear ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. OrigYear
	end
	if AccessDate ~= '' then
		xDate = xDate .. ' ' .. AccessDate
	end
	if xDate ~= '' then
		xDate = sepc .. ' ' .. xDate
	end
	-- END LOCAL
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Language, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;

	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then									-- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
				Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
			else
				Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
			end
		end
		Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end				-- lowercase for cs2
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) then											-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if EditorCount <= 1 then
			Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
		else
			Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
--			local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year);							-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			id = anchor_id (namelist, year);									-- go make the CITEREF anchor
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	else
		text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.

Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.

]]
--[[
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';
	local i=1;

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v );											-- remove nowiki stripmarkers
		position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)									-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		if position then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
			return;																-- and done with this parameter
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end
]]

--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
		end
	end
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z